1. (vdp)? (choose two.)...1. which two statements are true for a vcenterserver user account that is...

66
1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be assigned with Administrator role. B. The password for the user account cannot contain spaces. C. The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D. The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role 2. Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors? (Choose two.) A. contact VMware technical support B. reformat the datastore C. check the device with VOMA D. ignore the messages 3. Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMware’s recommended best practices? A. Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array. B. Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability. C. Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity. D. Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI, FC, etc.). Explanation: https://docs.vmware.com/en/VMware-vSphere/5.5/com.vmware.vsphere.resmgmt.doc/GUID- 34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278.html 4. The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem. Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth? A. esxcli system module parameters B. esxcli storage core device C. esxcli system module set D. esxcli storage core adapter 5. Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance? A. Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance. B. VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded. C. A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications. D. vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license. Explanation: https://docs.vmware.com/en/vSphere-Replication/6.5/vsphere-replication-65-install.pdf 6. Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose three.) A. Direct connect topology is supported. B. Each host must have its own boot LUN. C. ESXi hosts do not require local storage. D. Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported. E. Hosts can share one common boot LUN. Explanation: https://docs.vmware.com/en/VMware-vSphere/6.5/com.vmware.vsphere.storage.doc/GUID-8FAD881D-7A00- 43C9-AB69-66DC7816968C.html 7. An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25%. Based on the Exhibit below, how much of the cluster’s total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines? A. 45%

Upload: others

Post on 06-Aug-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

1 Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection

(VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role

2 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors

(Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages

3 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices

A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc)

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

4 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance

problem

Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth

A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter

5 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

6 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three)

A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

7 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25

Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power

on additional virtual machines

A 45

B 25

C 70

D 60 Explanation

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-

FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

The calculation is as follows as well

ndash 25 is reserved for Admission control

ndash 25 = 14

ndash 24Ghz4 = 6 GHz reserved for admission control

ndash Total amount of CPU frequency in the cluster in 24GHz and 7GHz is already used by the 5 VMs

This ends to 7+6=13 that is ldquoreservedrdquo CPU available resource is 24 ndash 13 = 11 which is around 45 of 24GHz

8 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two)

A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

9 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere

administrator is not able to use this template for deployment

Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer

A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed

B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet

C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP

D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system

10 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type

B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging

D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines so its A and Dhellipsee Functionality Removed During the Upgrade to Network IO Control Version 3 ndashgt httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4F40390D-E5F4-4139-AC50-FDB2C4F36B42html

11 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue

A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID- 37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html 12 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions

Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

13 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command

E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

14 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf 15 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations 16 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

17 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI boot EFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

18 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list

Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

19 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B64753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networkingmisconfigurationdetected

20 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

21 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

22 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

23 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

24 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

25 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

26 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

27 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alert vSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

28 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster

RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

29 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredataprotection-overviewpdf (page 11)

30 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2045040

31 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

32 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

33 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two)

A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host

34 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

35 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

36 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

37 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 2: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

B 25

C 70

D 60 Explanation

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-

FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

The calculation is as follows as well

ndash 25 is reserved for Admission control

ndash 25 = 14

ndash 24Ghz4 = 6 GHz reserved for admission control

ndash Total amount of CPU frequency in the cluster in 24GHz and 7GHz is already used by the 5 VMs

This ends to 7+6=13 that is ldquoreservedrdquo CPU available resource is 24 ndash 13 = 11 which is around 45 of 24GHz

8 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two)

A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

9 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere

administrator is not able to use this template for deployment

Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer

A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed

B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet

C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP

D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system

10 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type

B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging

D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines so its A and Dhellipsee Functionality Removed During the Upgrade to Network IO Control Version 3 ndashgt httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4F40390D-E5F4-4139-AC50-FDB2C4F36B42html

11 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue

A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID- 37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html 12 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions

Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

13 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command

E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

14 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf 15 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations 16 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

17 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI boot EFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

18 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list

Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

19 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B64753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networkingmisconfigurationdetected

20 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

21 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

22 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

23 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

24 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

25 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

26 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

27 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alert vSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

28 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster

RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

29 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredataprotection-overviewpdf (page 11)

30 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2045040

31 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

32 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

33 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two)

A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host

34 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

35 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

36 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

37 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 3: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

13 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command

E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

14 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf 15 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations 16 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

17 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI boot EFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

18 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list

Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

19 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B64753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networkingmisconfigurationdetected

20 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

21 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

22 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

23 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

24 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

25 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

26 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

27 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alert vSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

28 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster

RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

29 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredataprotection-overviewpdf (page 11)

30 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2045040

31 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

32 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

33 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two)

A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host

34 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

35 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

36 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

37 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 4: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

19 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B64753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networkingmisconfigurationdetected

20 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

21 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

22 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

23 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

24 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

25 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

26 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

27 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alert vSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

28 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster

RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

29 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredataprotection-overviewpdf (page 11)

30 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2045040

31 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

32 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

33 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two)

A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host

34 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

35 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

36 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

37 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 5: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

24 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

25 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

26 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

27 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alert vSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

28 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster

RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

29 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredataprotection-overviewpdf (page 11)

30 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2045040

31 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

32 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

33 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two)

A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host

34 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

35 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

36 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

37 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 6: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

29 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredataprotection-overviewpdf (page 11)

30 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2045040

31 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

32 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

33 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two)

A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host

34 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

35 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

36 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

37 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 7: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host

34 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

35 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

36 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

37 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 8: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

38 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

39 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MB

40 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

41 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 9: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

42 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

43 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

44 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 10: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

45 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migration After the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID-5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

46 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-1C0D8D8D-F9A5-4443-9AE7-544742630D39html 47 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurID Authentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 11: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

48 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

49 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

50 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

51 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card A Software iSCSI initiator

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 12: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

52 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools 53 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

54 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-F0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml 55 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-6D818555-8DE8-4F06-9498-66903FB9C775html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUID-ED76D553-0AB5-44EC-BEB7-A054C5BAE7A3html

56 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201610whats-new-in-vsphere-6-5-host-resource-management-and-operationshtml

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 13: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Network-Aware DRS DRS now considers network utilization in addition to the 25+ metrics already used when making migration recommendations DRS observes the Tx and Rx rates of the connected physical uplinks and avoids placing VMs on hosts that are greater than 80 utilized DRS will not reactively balance the hosts solely based on network utilization rather it will use network utilization as an additional check to determine whether the currently selected host is suitable for the VM This additional input will improve DRS placement decisions which results in better VM performance

57 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-30003897-2101-459C-81FA-FCB42313237Ehtml

58 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-03BDCF01-32F3-4C14-8BF6-763778956687html

59 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html

60 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf Switch discovery protocols help vSphere administrators to determine which port of the physical switch is connected to a vSphere standard switch or vSphere distributed switch vSphere 50 and later supports Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) CDP is available for vSphere standard switches and vSphere distributed switches connected to Cisco physical switches LLDP is available for vSphere distributed switches version 500 and later

61 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml 62 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 14: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

63 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

64 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP

httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread405943 65 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created 66 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Host profile is not available on vSphere Standard you will need Enterprise Plus license to use Host Profile

67 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

68 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

69 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 15: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

70 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2144966 71 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

72 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc2FGUID-88CA95AD-A583-4EF6-838E-D92C87B0BB00html

73 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

74 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two) A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 16: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

D RVRDMA A) LRO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-514BC149-CDE7-4E07-A922-E3DFB663DC13html To benefit from the performance improvement of LRO enable LRO along the data path on an ESXi host including VMkernel and guest operating system By default LRO is enabled in the VMkernel and in the VMXNET3 virtual machine adapters B) TSO httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-E105A601-9331-496C-A213-F76EA3863E31html Use TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) in VMkernel network adapters and virtual machines to improve the network performance in workloads that have severe latency requirements C) SR-IOV Nothing to do inside a VM (Guest) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-898A3D66-9415-4854-8413-B40F2CB6FF8Dhtml D) RVRDMA httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-347B822E-5324-4DB3-A228-1F6A7AA871D2html Also just for Linux 64Bit atm

75 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic 76 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 D is correct as there has to be a reservation of 100 5 Hosts to compensate one host failure Thats exactly 20 4 Hosts had the reservation of 25 to compensate a single host failure 77 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Source httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherehtmlhostclientdocGUID-ED24BA81-E477-41E4-8271-8D7349A38941html Note Make sure that the datastore is not used by vSphere HA heartbeating vSphere HA heartbeating does not prevent you from unmouting the datastore However if the datastore is used for heartbeating unmounting it might cause the host to fail and restart all active virtual machines Before unmounting a datastore also make sure that the following prerequisites are met No virtual machines reside on the datastore The datastore is not managed by Storage DRS Storage IO control is disabled for this datastore About this task Do not perform any configuration operations that might result in IO to the datastore while the unmount is in progress

78 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 17: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

79 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

80 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors 81 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation if the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

82 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

83 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2009226 84 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 18: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

85 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-CDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml 86 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

87 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) 88 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI 89 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

90 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

91 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 92 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators B ComponentManager Administrators

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 19: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

93 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

94 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

95 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere 96 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

97 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 20: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

98 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

99 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host 100 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997htm

101 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport 102 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

103 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage 104 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 21: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

105 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml

106 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

107 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

108 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server 109 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html 110 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 22: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

111 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS 112 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

113 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

114 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-60-host-profiles-guidepdf

115 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

116 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D vSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 23: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

117 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices 118 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the ExhibitEach VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed

What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation 119 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

120 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n 121 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two) A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

122 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 24: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible 123 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

1 Which three directories are available under the vcsa-cli-installer folder of the vCenterServerAppliance installation media (Choose three) A mac B ovftool C migration-assistant D win32 E lin64 Explanation

httpsvirtualtassiecom2017vsphere-6-5-cli-vcsa-embedded-deployment-walkthrough

2 A virtual machine fails to power on after being deployed from a template What two remediation steps could correct this issue (Choose two) A Increase CPU reservation B Decrease memory reservation C Increase memory reservation D Increase datastore capacity E Decrease CPU reservation Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-FFE2CB60-A35D-4FCD-8D13-DF538F183692html

3 The administrator must back up a vCenter HA deployment Which component must be backed up A Passive node B Witness node C External database D Active node Explanation When taking backups avoid backing up the Passive and Witness nodes Just take a backup of the Active node When restoring an Active node you must remove all the cluster configuration restore and re-create the HA cluster httpswwwaltarocomvmwarehow-to-deploy-a-vcenter-ha-cluster-part-1

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 25: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

4 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that vCenter Server service is running in a domain user account rather than Local System Account To accomplish this the user account should have which two permissions (Choose two) A Log on as a service B Act as part of the operating system C Log on as a batch job D Log on locally Explanation On each system that is running vCenter Server verify that the domain user account has these permissions bull Member of the Administrators group bull Act as part of the operating system bull Log on as a service httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2052334

5 How can an administrator exclude Encryption rights from a support engineer A Clone the role Virtual machine power user remove Cryptographic operations privileges B Clone the role Administrator and assign to the support engineer C Clone the role Virtual machine power user and assign to the support engineer D Clone the role No cryptography administrator and select privileges only for the support engineer 6 What new feature was introduced to the Content Library in vSphere 65 A Mount an ISO directly from the Content Library B Deploy a virtual machine from an OVF Package in a Content Library C Upload a File from a URL to a Library Item D Upload a File from a Local System to a Library Item Explanation WMware vSphere 65 enhances the Content Library with three new options mount an ISO from the content library update existing templates and apply guest OS customization specifications during a VM deployment These new features help plug holes in and expand other capabilities introduced in the original version The first of these capabilities mdash mounting an ISO from the Content Library is useful because it eliminates the need to store ISO images on a data store but keeps the images readily accessible httpsearchvmwaretechtargetcomanswerHow-does-VMware-vSphere-65-improve-its-ContentLibrary

7 Which two statements describe why a vSphere DRS cluster would report load imbalance (Choose two) A The configured migration threshold is too high B The configured migration threshold is too low C DRS is configured for Partially Automated D Enhanced vMotion Compatibility (EVC) is enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-0C132C85-E7BF-445E-925D-31420A06B01Chtml

8 An administrator is trying to set up Host Partial Failure Response but the Automated option is grayed out What can the administrator change to enable the Automated option A Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Partially Automated B Change the vSphere DRS Automation level to Fully Automated

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 26: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C Enable vSphere HA Host Monitoring D Change the vSphere DPM Automation level to Automatic 9 When you attempt to open a virtual machine console from the vSphere Web Client the console does not connect The following error message appearsHTTP ERROR 404 Problem accessinReason Not Found Why did not connect A Port 443 is in use B Port 9443 is in use C Port 8443 is in use D Port 22443 is in use Explanation Another program or process is using port 9443 the default port used by the HTML5 virtual machine console httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-8536C14F-4D4F-4674-846E-08BE321B7A11html

10 Group A has permission to download files in Content Library Group B does not have permission to download files in Content Library If a user is a member of both groups what will be the result A The user cannot download file from Content Library B The user can download file from Content Library C The user cannot access Content Library D The user can access Content Library 11 What two enhancements are in VMFS6 but not in VMFS5 (Choose two) A Support for 4k native disks B Support for 512e disks C GPT storage device partitioning D Automatic space reclamation

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 27: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Explanation

httpvsphere-landcomnewsa-comparison-of-vmfs5-vmfs6-in-vsphere-6-5html

12 When upgrading a VMware vSAN cluster to version 65 which two tasks must be completed to comply with upgrade requirements and VMware-recommended best practices (Choose two) A Use RVC to upgrade the hosts B Use the latest available ESXi version C Back up all VMs D Use only the ldquoFull data migrationrdquo maintenance mode option 13 Which two storage technologies are supported for MSCS (Choose two) A NFS B VAAI C iSCSI D FC 14 When will vSphere Data Protection delete the expired backup image of a Platform Service Controller A Immediately after the retention period has expired B After the expired backup image is restored

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 28: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C During the next backup window following expiry D During the next maintenance window following expiry httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-1220812C-482C-44E8-BACC-D155C6DDDD8Ahtml When you enter a new maintenance period that follows the expiration of a backup the vSphere Data Protection Appliance removes its reference to the backup data and you cannot restore the expired backup 15 What three options can improve network performance for a virtual machine (Choose three) A MLD B TSO C NetFlow D LRO E SR-IOV 16 Which two statements are true regarding Auto Deploy in version 65 (Choose two) A Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via PowerCLI B Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Client C Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via the vSphere Web Client D Auto Deploy can be configured and managed via vCLI commands Explanation httpwwwvstellarcom20170728auto-deploy-configuration-in-vsphere-6

17 What two services run on all nodes in a vCenter Server HA cluster (Choose two) A vmware-vmon B vmware-vpostgres C vmare-rbd-watchdog D vmware-vcha 18 Which three operations can cause VMFS metadata updates (Choose three) A Restarting a VM using the guest OS B Launching a VM console C Migrating a VM with vMotion D Powering a VM on or off E Expanding a VMFS datastore Explanation Metadata is updated each time you perform datastore or virtual machine management operations Examples of operations requiring metadata updates include the following bull Creating growing or locking a virtual machine file bull Changing a filersquos attributes bull Powering a virtual machine on or off bull Creating or deleting a VMFS datastore

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 29: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

bull Expanding a VMFS datastore bull Creating a template bull Deploying a virtual machine from a template bull Migrating a virtual machine with vMotion httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-7A385576-9434-432E-92C4-51E26A4761AAhtml

19 When attempting to migrate a virtual machine to another host in the same cluster the error message ldquoSelect a valid compute resourcerdquo returns What could cause this error A Both hosts run different versions of ESXi B Both hosts are not sharing the same datastore C VMware Tools is not installed D Virtual machine has an ISO attached 20 Restoration of the vCenter Server Appliance is accomplished using which interface A vSphere Web Client B vSphere Client C vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface D vCenter Server Appliance GUI Installer Explanation You can also perform a restore operation by deploying a new vCenter Server Appliance and using the vCenter Server Appliance management interface to copy the data from the file-based backup to the new appliance httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-3EAED005-B0A3-40CF-B40D-85AD247D7EA4html

21 When using VMware Converter to import a Windows server and improve the consistency of the destination virtual machine which optional step can be performed immediately prior to powering down the source server A Perform a final synchronization task B Remove the server from the network C Uninstall production applications D Remove the server from the Active Directory domain 22 An administrator has a large boot from SAN cluster and wants to ensure consistent configuration by using host profiles What special considerations are required for boot from SAN hosts A Change the ldquoDevice is shared clusterwiderdquo setting to ldquofalserdquo in the host profile B Verify that the boot LUN is correctly identified as the boot device in the host profile C The boot from SAN device must report as a local device D Host profiles are incompatible with boot from SAN hosts 23 Which is the correct sequence to upgrade a vSphere infrastructure A vCenter ServergtESXi hostgt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 30: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

B ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VMware ToolsgtVM compatibility C vCenter hostgt ESXi hostgt VM compatibilitygt VMware Tools D ESXi hostgtvCenter Servergt VM compatibilitygtVMware Tools Explanation httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1010675

24 What is the default space threshold for vSphere Storage DRS A 80 B 70 C 90 D 95 Explanation Storage DRS dynamically balance the Storage DRS cluster imbalance based on Space and IO threshold set Default space threshold per datastore is 80 and default IO latency threshold is 15ms httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2149938

25 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the maximum reset window for a virtual machine is 24 hours A Medium B Low C High D Normal Explanation There are 3 built in presets (Low Medium amp High) and the option to select custom settings for any of these options httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201403vsphere-ha-vm-monitoring-back-basicshtml

26 A vSphere administrator observes a CPU spike on one of the web servers (view the Exhibit)

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 31: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Which two statements can describe the cause of this activity (Choose two) A The network packet size is too large B VMware Tools is not installed C Disk latency is present on the datastore D The network packet size is too small 27 Which three storage protocols are supported by Virtual Volumes (Choose three) A FCIP B FCoE C iSCSI D NFS v3 E NFS v4 Explanation Virtual Volumes supports NFS version 3 and 41 iSCSI Fibre Channel and FCoE httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDAAA99054-4D81-49F8-9927-65E9B08577ADhtml

28 Which two statements are true for a vCenter Server user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP) (Choose two) A The user account must be assigned with Administrator role B The password for the user account cannot contain spaces C The user account should be created in the Single Sign-On domain D The user account cannot inherit required permissions from a group role Explanation For the vCenter server account used for vSphere data protection the user account must have administrator role and the password for the user account should not contain spaces httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vmware-data-protection-administration-guide-61pdf

29 Which two tasks should a vSphere administrator perform if the vmkernel log reports VMFS metadata errors (Choose two) A contact VMware technical support B reformat the datastore

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 32: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C check the device with VOMA D ignore the messages Explanation To check metadata consistency run VOMA from the CLI of an ESXi host VOMA can be used to check and fix metadata inconsistency issues for a VMFS datastore or a virtual flash resource To resolve errors reported by VOMA consult VMware Support httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdocGUID-6F991DB5-9AF0-4F9F-809C-B82D3EED7DAFhtml

30 Which statements regarding datastore clusters meets VMwarersquos recommended best practices A Clusters should contain only datastores presented from the same storage array B Clusters should contain only datastores with equal hardware acceleration capability C Clusters should contain only datastores with the same capacity D Clusters should contain only datastores using the same connection method (iSCSI FC etc) Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-34A10B42-C79E-491C-A5AA-99E3B5FA2278html

31 The storage vendor recommends adjusting the Fibre Channel HBA queue depth to resolve a performance problem Which esxcli namespace can a vSphere Administrator use to adjust the queue depth A esxcli system module parameters B esxcli storage core device C esxcli system module set D esxcli storage core adapter Explanation httpwwwvirtennet201611vmware-esxi-6-5-esxcli-command-reference

32 Which statement applies to the vSphere Replication appliance A Only one vSphere Replication appliance can be deployed per vCenter Server instance B VMware Tools in the vSphere Replication appliance can be upgraded C A single vSphere Replication appliance can manage a maximum of 4000 replications D vSphere Replication is available only with the vSphere Essentials Plus license Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenvSphere-Replication65vsphere-replication-65-installpdf

33 Which three statements are correct regarding booting an ESXi Host from Fibre Channel SAN (Choose three) A Direct connect topology is supported B Each host must have its own boot LUN C ESXi hosts do not require local storage D Multipathing to a boot LUN on an active-passive array is supported E Hosts can share one common boot LUN

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 33: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-8FAD881D-7A00-43C9-AB69-66DC7816968Chtml

34 An administrator sets the Failover Capacity for both CPU and Memory at 25 Based on the Exhibit below how much of the clusterrsquos total CPU resources are still available to power on additional virtual machines

A 45 B 25 C 70 D 60 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-FAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

35 A security officer has issued a new directive that users will no longer have access to change connected network adapters to limit denial of service on a virtual machine Which two correct virtual machine advanced configuration parameters will accomplish this (Choose two) A isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoFALSErdquo B isolationdeviceeditdisable = ldquoTRUErdquo C isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoFALSErdquo D isolationdeviceconnectabledisable = ldquoTRUErdquo Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-F88A5FED-552B-44F9-A168-C62D9306DBD6html

36 ldquoOneAppServerrdquo is a VM template stored in a content library named ldquoLibraryOnerdquo but the vSphere administrator is not able to use this template for deployment Why is the administrator unable to deploy OneAppServer A OneAppServer must be updated before it can be deployed B LibraryOne is a subscribed library and OneAppServer is not downloaded yet C LibraryOne is published and optimized for syncing over HTTP D OneAppServer was imported from a local file on the system Explanation The administrator is unable to deploy OneAppServer because LibraryOne is publish and optimized for syncing over HTTP If the syncing is enabled you cannot use this template for deployment

37 What are two features introduced in Network IO Control version 3 (Choose two) A Bandwidth reservation per traffic type B Network resource pools

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 34: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C CoS tagging D Bandwidth guarantee to virtual machines Explanation Version 3 of the Network IO Control feature offers improved network resource reservation and allocation across the entire switch Models for Bandwidth Resource Reservation Network IO Control version 3 supports separate models for resource management of system traffic related to infrastructure services such as vSphere Fault Tolerance and of virtual machines The two traffic categories have different nature System traffic is strictly associated with an ESXi host The network traffic routes change when you migrate a virtual machine across the environment To provide network resources to a virtual machine regardless of its host in Network IO Control you can configure resource allocation for virtual machines that is valid in the scope of the entire distributed switch Bandwidth Guarantee to Virtual Machines Network IO Control version 3 provisions bandwidth to the network adapters of virtual machines by using constructs of shares reservation and limit Based on these constructs to receive sufficient bandwidth virtualized workloads can rely on admission control in vSphere Distributed Switch vSphere DRS and vSphere HAReference httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-98E0B3C2-52A7-4CAB-A839-4DA82A9F6D3Ahtml 38 An administrator has multiple vCenter Server 65 systems but cannot enable Storage IO Control (SIOC) on a datastore shared by ESXi hosts managed by the vCenter Server systems Which action should the administrator take to resolve the issue A Unmount the datastore and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system B Configure the datastore to be managed by a single vCenter Server system C Configure Storage DRS and then enable SIOC on the vCenter Server system D Enable Raw Device Mapping (RDM) on the ESXi hosts Explanation Datastores that are Storage IO Control-enabled must be managed by a single vCenter Server system httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-37CC0E44-7BC7-479C-81DC-FFFC21C1C4E3html

39 When enabling Storage DRS on a datastore cluster which three components are enabled as a result (Choose three) A Space load balancing among datastore within the datastore cluster B Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload C IO load balancing among datastores within the datastore cluster D Queue Depth alerting on disks within the datastore cluster E Data de-duplication within the datastore cluster Explanation When you enable Storage DRS you enable these functions Space load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster IO load balancing among datastores within a datastore cluster Initial placement for virtual disks based on space and IO workload httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2032910

40 Which three are supported upgrade processes for ESXi host (Choose three) A using vSphere Auto Deploy

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 35: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

B using a TFTP server C using Update Manager D using an ESXCLI command E installing from CIFS share Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

41 When performing a vCenter Server 55 for Windows with Microsoft SQL Server Express database migration to vCenter Server Appliance 65 which will be the target database A Microsoft SQL Server Express 2012R2 B Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2012R2 C PostgreSQL D Oracle DB 11g Explanation The vCenter Server 60 embedded Microsoft SQL Server Express database is replaced with an embedded PostgreSQL database during the upgrade to vCenter Server 65 The maximum inventory size that applied for Microsoft SQL Server Express still applies for PostgreSQL httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-upgradeguidepdf

42 A user is given the ldquoVirtual machine user (sample)rdquo role in a vSphere 6x environment Which three permissions would the user be able to perform (Choose three) A Reset a virtual machine B Power on a virtual machine C Move a host into a cluster D Configure CD media E Migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion Explanation A set of privileges to allow the user to interact with a virtual machinersquos console insert media and perform power operations

43 Which is the maximum number of block devices (LUNs) that are supported by ESXi hosts that are running version 65 A 1024 B 512 C 2048 D 256 Explanation LUNs per server 512 httpswwwvmwarecompdfvsphere6r65vsphere-65-configuration-maximumspdf

44 Which three prerequisites must be in place prior to enabling secure boot for a virtual machine (Choose three) A VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges B an encrypted USB drive

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 36: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C Virtual Hardware version 13 or later D Virtual Hardware version 12 or later E EFI firmware Explanation Verify that the virtual machine operating system and firmware support UEFI bootEFI firmware Virtual hardware version 13 or later Operating system that supports UEFI secure boot You need VirtualMachineConfigSettings privileges to enable or disable UEFI secure boot for the virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUID-898217D4-689D-4EB5-866C-888353FE241Chtml

45 Which CLI command shows the physical uplink status for a vmnic A esxcli network ip connection list B esxcli network ip neighbor list C esxcli network nic get D esxcli network nic list Explanation httpsvdc-repovmwarecomvmwb-repositorydcr-public26334f54-ee84-47c2-b2f3-901f51cbc98ad3f55719-4d3f-47c4-a3c5-fe9c7e5a67f6docesxcli_networkhtml

46 Which are the two network requirements for a VMware vSAN 65 cluster (Choose two) A Multicast must be enabled on the physical switches and routers that handle vSAN traffic B vSAN requires IPv6 only C All hosts must have a dedicated 40GbE NIC D The vSAN network supported IPv4 or IPv6 E vSAN requires IPv4 only Explanation The vSAN network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevirtualsandocGUIDAFF133BC-F4B6-4753-815F-20D3D752D898html httpcormachogancom20140121vsan-part-15-multicast-requirement-for-networking-misconfigurationdetected

47 Which are three supported storage requirements for vCenter Server HA (Choose three) A NFS B RDM C vSAN D VMFS E JBOD Explanation vCenter HA is supported and tested with VMFS NFS and vSAN datastores httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 37: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

48 An administrator wishes to enable network port mirroring based on source port Which feature should be enabled A vSphere standard switch port B ERSPAN C NSX Virtual Wire D VLAN Explanation Enter a valid VLAN ID in the field This information is required for Remote Mirroring Source port mirroring sessions httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-81309F10-D7FF-447C-9D35-58CA3DDA53B1html

49 Which two permissions are required to migrate a virtual machine with Storage vMotion (Choose two) A Network gt Move Network B Virtual Machine gt Inventory gt Move C Resource gt Migrate powered on virtual machine D Datastore gt Allocate Space Explanation You require these permissions to perform Storage vMotion from the Remote Command Line Interface (RCLI) Resource gt Migrate Resource gt Relocate Datastore gt Allocate Space httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1011345

50 Where would a vSphere administrator find general vCenter Server logs on a vCenter Server Appliance A varlogvmwarevpxd B varlogmessages C etcvmware-vpx D varlogvmwarevsan-health Explanation The VMware vCenter Server Appliance 60 logs are located in the varlogvmware folder vpxdvpxdlog ndashgt The main vCenter Serverlog httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2110014

51 An administrator is attempting to access an ESXi host via the DCUI but is unable to do so Which could be two possible causes (Choose two) A The host in question has no out-of-band management capability (ie iLOiDRAC) B The SSH service is disabled on the host C Strict lockdown mode is enabled on the host D Normal lockdown mode is enabled and the administrator is a member of the Exception User list E The DCUI service is disabled on the host Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201503vsphere-6-0-lockdown-modeshtml

52 Which Host Profile Subprofile configuration is used to configure firewall settings for ESXi hosts

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 38: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A Advanced Configuration Settings B General System Settings C Security D Networking Explanation In the Web Client interface yoursquoll find the firewall configuration under the Security and Services folder of a host profile

53 An administrator sees the following error in the log files

Which two events could be the source of the error message (Choose two) A vCenter Server failure B VXLAN failure C Disk array failure D Network failure E ESXi host failure Explanation To determine why the heartbeat IO operations never complete Note the datetime when the lost access to volume message was reported and check the ESXi host logs for related information Verify that there are no connectivity issues between the ESXi host and the storage device httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2136081

54 An administrator has enabled vSphere Distributed Switch Health Check The hosts connected to that Distributed Switch all display an alertvSphere Distributed Switch MTU supported status The administrator has all of the VMkernel ports MTU sizes set to 1600 Which action will remedy this problem A Configure the Distributed Switch to MTU 9100 B Disconnect and reconnect the physical network cable C Configure the physical switch to MTU 1600 D Disable the Distributed Switch MTU Explanation You can increase the MTU size up to 9000 bytes Therefore a MTU of 9100 is not supported The MTU configured in the VDS must match the physical switch configured MTU httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-53F968D9-2F91-41DA-B7B2-48394D997F2Ahtml

55 Which three requirements are needed to apply RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding on a vSAN 62 or 65 object (Choose three) A on Disk Format 30 B Hybrid vSAN C All Flash vSAN D vSAN Advanced License

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 39: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

E Stretched Cluster Configurations Explanation RAID 5 or RAID 6 Design Considerations for Virtual SAN RAID 5 or RAID 6 erasure coding is available only on all-flash disk groups On-disk format version 30 or later is required to support RAID 5 or RAID 6 Need valid license to enable RAID 56 on a cluster RAID 56 is not supported on stretched VSAN clusters Enable deduplication and compression on the Virtual SAN cluster to achieve additional space savings

56 In vSphere Data Protection 61 which is the function of a Backup Verification job A None Backup Verification job is not a feature of vSphere Data Protection B It is a manual task ndash Power it on ndash Verify the guest OS ndash Check started applications C It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OS is booted by communicating with the Backup Verification agent D It is an automatic process ndash Restore a virtual machine ndash Power it on ndash Verify that the guest OC is booted by detecting the VMware ToolsTM ldquoheartbeatsrdquo Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfvspherevmwarevspheredata-protection-overviewpdf (page 11)

57 Which is required for configuring iSCSI Software Adapter network port binding A VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on IP Hash algorithm B VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source Virtual Port ID algorithm C VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be load balanced using Route based on Source MAC Hash algorithm D VMkernel of the iSCSI traffic must be bound to only one active network adapter Explanation (hellip) ensure each vmkernel port has a unique active adapter httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=204504

58 An administrator is trying to vMotion a VM from his datacenter to a recovery site Which is the maximum allowed RTT (Round-Trip Time) latency between source and destination host A 100 milliseconds B 150 milliseconds C 15 milliseconds D 10 milliseconds Explanation Round-Trip Time for Long-Distance vMotion Migration If you have the proper license applied to your environment you can perform reliable migrations between hosts that are separated by high network round-trip latency times The maximum supported network round-trip time for vMotion migrations is 150 milliseconds This round-trip time lets you migrate virtual machines to another geographical location at a longer distance

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 40: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere60comvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUID-3B41119A-1276-404B-8BFB-A32409052449html

59 An administrator has recently upgraded from vSphere 60 to 65 and can no longer see the software iSCSI named vmhba33 Which could be the reason for this A The upgrade has changed the vmhba name B vSphere 65 automates iSCSI configurations C vSphere 65 no longer supports software iSCSI D The upgrade has deleted the vmhba Explanation In vSphere 65 the name assigned to the iSCSI software adapter is different from the earlier releases After you upgrade to the vSphere 65 release the name of the existing software iSCSI adapter vmhbaXX changes httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65rnvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-65-releasenoteshtmlstorageissues

60 Which two situations could cause a virtual machine to appear with (orphaned) appended to its name (Choose two) A if a host failover is unsuccessful B if a virtual machine was removed from vCenter Serverrsquos inventory C if a virtual machine was deployed from template and the template has been deleted D if a virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host Explanation Virtual machines can become orphaned if a host failover is unsuccessful or when the virtual machine is unregistered directly on the host If this situation occurs move the orphaned virtual machine to another host in the datacenter that has access to the datastore on which the virtual machine files are stored httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc_502FGUID-BFD8C9BC-30FB-4A92-AFEC-2FC9FF387920html

61 Which two statements are true for Predictive DRS (Choose two) A It balances resource utilization for virtual machines with unpredictable utilization patterns B It integrates DRS with vRealize Operations Manager to balance workloads for virtual machines before resource utilization spikes occur C It balances resource utilization based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night D It determines the best placement and balance of virtual machines based on a thresholdrsquos algorithm that runs each night in vCenter Server 65 Database Explanation Predictive DRS using a combination of DRS and vRealize Operations Manager to predict future demand and determine when and where hot spots will occur When future hot spots are found Predictive DRS moves the workloads long before any contention can occur Each night it runs its Dynamic Threshold calculations which uses sophisticated analytics to create a band of what is ldquonormalrdquo for each metricobject combination httpsblogsvmwarecommanagement201611predictive-drshtml

62 An administrator is troubleshooting network communications between a vCenter Server and an ESXi 65 host Which log shows the related events between these components A varlogfdmlog

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 41: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

B varlogvpxalog C varloghostdlog D varlogauthlog Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwarevspheremonitoringdocGUID-832A2618-6B11-4A28-9672-93296DA931D0html

63 Which is required by vCenter Converter Standalone to convert a physical Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 machine to a virtual machine A The Linux machine must be powered off B The Linux machine must have the SSH daemon started C The Linux machine must use a static IP address D The Linux machine must have a fully-qualified domain name Explanation

64 An administrator cannot enable multi-processor Fault Tolerance (SMP-FT) for a virtual machine Which are two possible causes for this (Choose two) A The virtual machine is running on a vSAN datastore B The Fault Tolerance network is using a 10Gbit uplink C The virtual machine has 6 vCPUs assigned D The virtual machine has a 1TB VMDK attached E The virtual machine has snapshots present Explanation The following vSphere features are not supported for fault tolerant virtual machines Snapshots Snapshots must be removed or committed before Fault Tolerance can be enabled on a virtual machine In addition it is not possible to take snapshots of virtual machines on which Fault Tolerance is

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 42: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

enabled Licensing The number of vCPUs supported by a single fault tolerant VM is limited by the level of licensing that you have purchased for vSphere Fault Tolerance is supported as follows vSphere Standard and Enterprise Allows up to 2 vCPUs vSphere Enterprise Plus Allows up to 4 vCPUs httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-F5264795-11DA-4242-B774-8C3450997033html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-57929CF0-DA9B-407A-BF2E-E7B72708D825html

65 When installing vCenter Converter Standalone why must an administrator perform a client-server installation instead of a local installation A to manage conversion tasks remotely B to convert virtual machines as well as physical machines C to allow installation of the Converter agent on remote source machines D to hot clone physical or virtual machines Explanation Perform a Client-Server Installation in Windows Perform a client-server installation so that you can create and manage conversion tasks remotely httpswwwvmwarecompdfconvsa_61_guidepdf

66 Which is the block size on the VMFS6 datastore A All small and large file blocks are 8MB B All small and large file blocks are 1MB C Small file blocks are 512KB large file blocks are 64MB D Small file blocks are 1MB large file blocks are 512MB Explanation File Block Format VMFS-6 introduces two new block sizes referred to as small file block (SFB) and large file block (LFB) While the SFB size can range from 64KB to 1MB for future use-cases VMFS-6 in vSphere 65 is utilizing an SFB size of 1MB only The LFB size is set to 512MBReference httpsstoragehubvmwarecomexport_to_pdfvsphere-6-5-storage

67 Which three types of Content Libraries exist within vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Remote Content Library B Published Content Library C Local Content Library D Shared Content Library E Subscribed Content Library Explanation Local Libraries Subscribed Libraries (You subscribe to a published library by creating a subscribed library) httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

68 The administrator wants to power on VM-K2 which has a 2GHz CPU reservation VM-M1 VM-M2 and VM-K1 are all powered on VM-K2 is not powered on The exhibit shows the parent and child resource reservations

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 43: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

If Resource Pool RP-KID is configured with an expandable reservation which statement is true A VM-K2 will be unable to power on because there are insufficient resources B VM-K2 will be able to power on since resource pool RP-KID has 2GHz available C VM-K2 will be unable to power on because only 2GHz are reserved for RP-KID D VM-K2 will receive resource priority and will be able to power on this scenario Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-8D813BB8-CE07-40F2-B2CA-269C1FB39475html httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUID-76691829-06AD-408A-98AE-6D58555936F5html

69 An administrator wants to restore the vCenter Server Appliance 65 from backup Where can this be accomplished A from the ESXi Host Client B from the VMware vSphere Appliance Management Interface C from within the VMware vSphere Web Client D from the vCenter Server Appliance Installer Explanation Launch the setup application of the VCSA 65 (from the ISO) and hit the Restore button gt Deploy a new appliance gt Accept EULA gt Enter Backup details gt Review backup information gt Enter appliance deployment target (ESXi host) hellip from them it is pretty similar to a clean deploymenthellip httpswwwvladanfrvmware-vcsa-6-5-backup-and-restore-how-to

70 An administrator has upgraded to vSphere 65 and also wants to use Kerberos authentication for NFS Which can be done to the existing NFSv3 volumes to enable this feature A Perform a storage rescan on VMFS volumes B Unmount the NFSv3 datastore and then mount as NFSv41 datastore C Nothing All NFSv3 mounted datastores are upgraded automatically during vSphere upgrades D Perform a scan of new storage devices

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 44: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Explanation NFS 41 supports the Kerberos authentication protocol to secure communication with the NFS server

71 An administrator attempts to manually reclaim space on thin-provisioned VMFS6 volumes but finds that no additional space is being recovered Which could be causing this A vSphere 65 does not support manual UNMAP B The manual UNMAP operation has been moved to the vSphere web client C The VASA version is use is incompatible D UNMAP is automated for VMFS6 Explanation VMFS 6 is the new filesystem of vSphere 65 The new filesystem supports 512e advanced format drives and is 4098 sector (4K) aligned It also supports automatic UNMAP which asynchronously tracks freed blocks and sends UNMAPs to backend storage in background httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2147824

72 When migrating a Windows vCenter Server 60 to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 which two will be migrated by default (Choose two) A Local Windows OS users and groups B Configuration C Custom ports D FQDN E Historical and Performance data Explanation The following list contains features or actions that are currently not supported Local Windows OS users and groups are not migrated to the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 If you assigned vCenter Server permissions to any Local Windows OS users and groups remove the permissions assignments before the migration You can re-create Local OS users and groups on the Photon OS of the vCenter Server Appliance 65 after the migrationAfter the migration the source vCenter Server is turned off and cannot be turned on to avoid network ID conflicts with the target vCenter Server Appliance After the source vCenter Server is turned off all solutions that are installed on the source vCenter Server and that are not migrated become unavailable Migration of deployments that use custom ports for services other than Auto Deploy Update Manager and vSphere ESXi Dump Collector are not supported The migration process migrates only one network adapter settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance If the hostname of the source vCenter Server resolves to multiple IP addresses across multiple network adapters you have the option to select which IP address and network adapter settings to migrate You cannot add the rest of the network adapters and settings to the target vCenter Server Appliance You cannot migrate a vCenter Server instance that uses a DHCP IP address httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereupgradedocGUID- 5E19B79A-AE4F-497A-9047-3E9AAC1D7767html httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201701vcenter-server-appliance-6-5-migration-walkthroughhtml

73 An administrator is creating VMkernel adapters on an ESXi 65 host and wants to create separate VMkernel adapters for every type of traffic in the default TCPIP stack Which three types of traffic can be explicitly enabled on a separate VMkernel adapter (Choose three) A Virtual SAN traffic B NFS traffic C vMotion traffic D vSphere HA traffic

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 45: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

E Fault Tolerance logging traffic Explanation A VMkernel adapter for vMotion is required both on the source and the target hosts Configure The VMkernel adapters for vMotion to handle only the vMotion traffic A separate VMkernel adapter for Fault Tolerance logging is required on every host that is part of a vSphere HA cluster Every host that participates in a vSAN cluster must have a VMkernel adapter to handle the vSAN traffic httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUIDD4191320-209E- 4CB5-A709-C8741E713348html

74 Which are two vCenter Server two-factor authentication methods (Choose two) A RSA SecurID B Smart Card C SAML D Symantec VIP Explanation Two-Factor Authentication Methods The two-factor authentication methods are often required by government agencies or large enterprises Smart card authentication Smart card authentication allows access only to users who attach a physical card to the USB drive of the computer that they log in to An example is Common Access Card (CAC) authentication The administrator can deploy the PKI so that the smart card certificates are the only client certificates that the CA issues For such deployments only smart card certificates are presented to the user The user selects a certificate and is prompted for a PIN Only users who have both the physical card and the PIN that matches the certificate can log in RSA SecurID Authentication For RSA SecurID authentication your environment must include a correctly configured RSA Authentication Manager If the Platform Services Controller is configured to point to the RSA server and if RSA SecurIDAuthentication is enabled users can log in with their user name and token See the two vSphere Blog posts about RSA SecurID setup for details httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarepscdocGUID-ACFFCBEC-6C1C-4BF9-9971-04AEE9362AFEhtml

75 Which are four attributes of the Active vCenter HA node (Choose four) A It uses the vCenter HA network to communicate with the Witness node B It constantly replicates vPostgres data with the Witness node C It uses a public IP address for the management interface D It runs the active vCenter Server Appliance instance E It uses the vCenter HA network for replication of data to the Passive node F It provides a quorum to protect against split-brain situations Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-2D395533-4C7C-45A6-9B5C-0A78C3E3A5C8html

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 46: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

76 When using ldquoCluster resource percentagerdquo for host failover capacity in vSphere HA Admission Control the total resource requirements are calculated from which two values (Choose two) A Total vCPUs assigned to each VM B Average CPU usage on each VM over time C Memory reservations on each VM D Total memory assigned to each VM E Average active memory on each VM over time F CPU reservations on each VM Explanation vSphere HA uses the actual reservations of the virtual machines If a virtual machine does not have reservations meaning that the reservation is 0 a default of 0MB memory and 32MHz CPU is applied Computing the Current Failover Capacity The total resource requirements for the powered-on virtual machines is comprised of two components CPU and memory vSphere HA calculates these values The CPU component by summing the CPU reservations of the powered-on virtual machines If you have not specified a CPU reservation for a virtual machine it is assigned a default value of 32MHz (this value can be changed using the dasvmcpuminmhz advanced option) The memory component by summing the memory reservation (plus memory overhead) of each powered-on virtual machine httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDFAFEFEFF-56F7-4CDF-A682-FC3C62A29A95html

77 An administrator is attempting to power on a virtual machine with 32GB of memory The operation fails with the following error Could not power on VM No space left on device Checking the space on the virtual machinersquos datastore there is 30GB free Which action would allow the VM to power on A Set a 2GB memory reservation on the VM B Mount the virtual disk from the affected VM on to another virtual machine and free up space from within the OS C Enable vSphere HD admission control on the cluster in which the VM resides D Set a 2GB memory limit on the VM Explanation You must reserve swap space for any unreserved virtual machine memory (the difference between the reservation and the configured memory size) on per-virtual machine swap files httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereresmgmtdocGUIDAC40823A-695B-438A-A8F2-4B7C51A0D014html

78 Which iSCSI initiator type can be used with any network interface card

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 47: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A Software iSCSI initiator B Software FCoE adapter C Hardware Independent iSCSI initiator D Hardware Dependent iSCSI initiator Explanation Software iSCSI Adapter A software iSCSI adapter is a VMware code built into the VMkernel It allows your host to connect to the iSCSI storage device through standard network adapters The software iSCSI adapter handles iSCSI processing while communicating with the network adapter With the software iSCSI adapter you can use iSCSI technology without purchasing specialized hardware httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere55comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-7A4E3767-CB54-4E88-9BA8-298876119465html

79 Which is the correct order for upgrading vSphere components A vCenter Server ESXi hosts VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware B VMware Tools Virtual Machine hardware ESXi hosts vCenter Server C vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware tools ESXi hosts D ESXi hosts vCenter Server Virtual Machine hardware VMware Tools Explanation The correct way to upgrade vSphere is to start with vCenter Server Then comes ESXi hosts After that you should upgrade VMware tools and finally virtual machine hardware httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc_502FGUID-A45CBEE5-C4D2-484E-A699-A5A577244DE0html

80 An ESXi hostrsquos VMCA-Signed certificate has expired How can the certificate be renewed A In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Renew button B In the vSphere Web Client browse to the host in question Click the Manage tab and select settings Select System and click Certificate then click the Refresh CA Certificates button C Run the command sbingenerate-certificates on the affected host D Disconnect the host from vCenter Server and reconnect it Explanation You can renew your certificates when they are about to expire or if you want to provision the host with a new certificate for other reasons If the certificate is already expired you must disconnect the host and reconnect it httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspheresecuritydocGUIDECFD1A29-0534-4118-B762-967A113D5CAAhtml

81 Which storage feature always requires the use of third-party software on ESXi A Hardware Acceleration for NAS devices B VVOL C Hardware Acceleration for Block Devices D VM Storage Policies Explanation With the hardware acceleration ESXi hosts can integrate with NAS devices and use several hardware

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 48: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

operations that NAS storage provides The hardware acceleration uses vSphere APIs for Array Integration (VAAI) to facilitate communications between the hosts and storage devices httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUIDF0FA0117-D48F-4F6F-BE3F-A06BF26F742Chtml

82 Which three design requirements must be satisfied to enable RAID-6 objects in a VMware vSAN cluster (Choose three) A vSAN Advanced license or higher B vSAN stretched cluster C at least six hosts contributing storage D deduplication and compression E All Flash configuration Explanation httpcormachogancom20160215vsan-6-2-part-2-raid-5-and-raid-6-configurations

83 vSphere DRS helps to balance virtual machines with available resources in a vSphere cluster What three types of resources can be taken into account for balancing (Choose three) A CPU B physical NIC saturation of an ESXi host C virtual NIC saturation of a virtual machine D RAM E storage latency Explanation Balancing is all about computing resources like CPU RAM and physical NIC saturation Vsphere DRS uses CPU RAM and NIC to load balance virtual machines with available resources

84 What tool can capture network traffic at the uplinks or vSwitch or virtual port levels A tcpdump-uw B wireshark C pktcap-uw D pcap Explanation httpwwwvmwarearenacomhow-to-capture-network-trafficpacket-on-esxi-hosts

85 Virtual Volumes supports which three VMware features (Choose three) A Instant Clones B Distributed Resource Scheduler C Linked Clones D vMotion E Storage Distributed Resource Scheduler Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2113013

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 49: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

86 vCenter Server Appliance Instance can be backed up using which Client Interface A vSphere Client Interface B vSphere Web Client Interface C VMware Host Client Interface D Virtual Appliance Management Interface Explanation

You can use the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface to back up the vCenter Server instance You can select whether to include historical data such as stats events and tasks in the backup file About this task

Note

The backup operation for a vCenter High Availability cluster backs up only the active node Prerequisites

bull You must have an FTP FTPS HTTP HTTPS or SCP server up and running with sufficient disk space to store the backup

bull Dedicate a separate folder on your server for each file-based backup Procedure

1 In a Web browser go to the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface httpsappliance-IP-address-or-FQDN5480

2 Log in as root 3 In the vCenter Server Appliance Management Interface click Summary 4 Click Backup

The Backup Appliance wizard opens 5 Enter the backup protocol and location details

httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereinstalldocGUID-8C9D5260-291C-44EB-A79C-BFFF506F2216html httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

87 In network troubleshooting it is important to know what upstream switch the ESXi host is connected to Which two features does ESXi provide to help identity the upstream switch (Choose two) A Promiscuous mode B DPM C LLDP D CDP Explanation httpwwwvmwarecomcontentdamdigitalmarketingvmwareenpdfsupportlanding-pagesvirtualsupport-day-best-practices-virtual-networking-june-2012pdf

88 How can a vSphere administrator ensure that a set of virtual machines run on different hosts in a DRS cluster A Use a VM-Host affinity rule B Add the VMs to a vApp C Use a VM-VM affinity rule D Place the VMs in different folders Explanation A VM-VM affinity rule specifies whether selected individual virtual machines should run on the same host or be kept on separate hosts This type of rule is used to create affinity or anti-affinity between individual virtual machines that you select

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 50: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-94FCC204-115A-4918-9533-BFC588338ECBhtml

89 What is the VMware-recommended best practice for Fibre Channel zoning A soft zoning B single-initiator-multiple-target zoning C single-initiator zoning D single-initiator-single-target zoning Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-E7818A5D-6BD7-4F51-B4BA-EFBF2D3A8357html

90 Storage capabilities be populated in what two ways (Choose two) A The administrator can use tags to describe capabilities B Default capabilities are provided by vCenter Server C Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VAAI D Datastores can advertise their capabilities through VASA Explanation httpcormachogancom20150217vsphere-6-0-storage-features-part-5-virtual-volumes

91 A Telco customer is implementing NFV using vSphere as the virtualization platform Which feature can help achieve a high packet rate with lower CPU consumption A Network IO Control B SplitRX C ERSPAN D LACP Explanation SplitRx mode will typically improve throughput and maximum packet rates

92 What is the result of a ldquoConsolidaterdquo action on a virtual machine A All snapshots on the virtual machines will be deleted B The virtual machine will be reverted to its last snapshot C Redundant delta disks will be combined and deleted D A new snapshot with memory state will be created Explanation When initiating a snapshot delete action the delta disk changes are then written to the base or parent VMDKfile and the snapshot is deleted With vSphere 5 a new option called consolidate was introduced The purpose of consolidate is if the snapshot deletion process was not successful In the past there were incidents where a user would initiate a snapshot deletion thinking the snapshot got deleted yet to find out later that thatrsquos not the case With the consolidation option when you initiate a snapshot deletion if the snapshot fails to delete the VM will then generate a warning letting you know that a consolidation is required You would then run the snapshot consolidation option and the snapshot would get committed httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread480190

93 The business managers have asked the IT administrator to ensure configuration compliance in the vSphere infrastructure The IT administrator wants to use Host Profiles to accomplish this but is unable to do so

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 51: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Why is the administrator unable to use Host Profiles A The infrastructure uses a vSphere Standard license B The infrastructure has servers with various CPU families C The user has only the ldquoAdministratorrdquo role D Host Profiles apply only to storage settings Explanation The administrator is unable to use host profiles because host profiles are not supported with vSphere standard license For host profile you need vsphere Enterprise plus license httpscommunitiesvmwarecomthread542887

94 A vSphere Administrator attempts to enable Fault Tolerance for a virtual machine but receives the following error Secondary VM could not be powered on as there are no compatible hosts that can accommodate it What two options could cause this error (Choose two) A The other ESXi host(s) are in Maintenance Mode B Hardware virtualization is not enabled on the other ESXi host(s) C The other ESXi host(s) are in Quarantine Mode D Hardware MMU is enabled on the other ESXi host(s) Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1008950

95 What VM Monitoring setting would ensure that the failure interval for a virtual machine is defined as 120 seconds A High B Normal C Low D Medium Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc_502FGUID-62B80D7A-C764-40CB-AE59-752DA6AD78E7html

96 Which metric in the Exhibit would identify high latency for a storage device

A QAVGcmd B KAVGcmd

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 52: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C DAVGcmd D GAVGcmd Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201205troubleshooting-storage-performance-in-vsphere-part-1-the-basicshtml

97 By default how often is the vCenter vpx user password automatically changed A 15 days B 60 days C 30 days D 45 days Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-96210743-0C17-4AE9-89FC-76778EC9D06Ehtml

98 Which two statements are true for NFS v41 firewall behavior (Choose two) A It closes port 2049 B It sets allowed All flag to TRUE C It sets allowed All flag to FALSE D It opens port 2049 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-70686ADB-961A-46BD-B814-48DCF6C5E34Bhtml

99 What counter should an administrator check to determine if a virtual machine is ballooning A swapinRate B vmmemctltarget C swapped D vmmemctl Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomsupportdevelopervc-sdkvisdk41pubsApiReferencememory_countershtml

100 Which two types of iSCSI adapters require VMkernel networking configuration (Choose two) A dependent hardware B in-guest C software D independent hardware Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-C476065E-C02F-47FA-A5F7-3B3F2FD40EA8html

101 An administrator finds that the Microsoft Exchange virtual machines are exhibiting network latency What two in-guest changes can help decrease latency (Choose two)

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 53: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A LRO B TSO C SR-IOV D RVRDMA Explanation Using TSO and LRO on physical and virtual machine NICs improves the performance of ESXESXi hosts by reducing the CPU overhead for TCPIP network operations The host uses more CPU cycles to run applications If TSO is enabled on the transmission path the NIC divides larger data chunks into TCP segments If TSO is disabled the CPU performs segmentation for TCPIP TSO is referred to as LSO (Large Segment Offload or Large Send Offload) in the latest VMXNET3 driver attributes LRO reassembles incoming network packets into larger buffers and transfers the resulting larger but fewer packets to the network stack of the host or virtual machine The CPU has to process fewer packets than when LRO is disabled which reduces its utilization for networking httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2055140

102 Which command can be run to troubleshoot connectivity problems with vmkernal network interfaces A esxcli network B vmkping C net-status D vicfg-vmknic Explanation The vmkping command sources a ping from the local VMkernel port httpskbvmwarecomsarticle1003728

103 A vSphere HA cluster with four hosts has admission control configured to tolerate one host failure Which statement is true if a fifth host is added A CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 50 B CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 30 C CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 25 D CPU and Memory capacity will be set to 20 Explanation Select the Percentage of Cluster Resources Reserved admission control policy This policy offers the most flexibility in terms of host and virtual machine sizing When configuring this policy choose a percentage for CPU and memory that reflects the number of host failures you want to support For example if you want vSphere HA to set aside resources for two host failures and have ten hosts of equal capacity in the cluster then specify 20 httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereavaildoc2FGUID-39731BEC-EB0C-48C9-813B-CAF9DE884FD5html

104 An attempt to delete NFS datastore from a ESXi host returns the error Sysinfo error on operation returned the following status Busy Which two statements could explain this failure (Choose two) A NFS datastore is a part of Storage DRS Cluster B NFSVolumeRemountFrequency value is set to 30 C Storage IO Control is enabled on NFS datastore

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 54: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

D NFS datastore has running or registered virtual machines Explanation The busy status indicated that either storage IO control is enabled on NFS datastore or the NFS datastore is running on registered virtual machines In both cases sysinfo error on operation will be returned with busy status

105 Which two statements about vCenter HA are correct (Choose two) A ESXi 55 or later is required B vCenter HA network latency between nodes must be less than 50 ms C NFS datastore is supported D It must be deployed on a 3 ESXi host cluster with DRS enabled Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUID-8FD87389-8CC9-4298-8B08-A1526FB44524html

106 Which two storage configurations on the source server are unsupported with VMware Converter (Choose two) A Linux LVM B software RAID C GPTMBR hybrid disks D Windows basic volumes E Windows dynamic volumes Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1016330

107 A vSphere administrator manages a cluster which includes critical and non-critical virtual machines The cluster requires different permissions for contractors and non-contractors How can the administrator exclude the contractor group from some of the critical VMs A Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level B Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the cluster level Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 55: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

C Remove permission for contractors on the cluster level Apply permission on the critical VMs for noncontractors D Apply permission for both contractors and non-contractors on the VMs Remove permission on the critical VMs for contractors Explanation To exclude the contractor group simple apply permission for both contractors and non-contrators on the cluster level After that remove premission on the critical VMs for contractors

108 A vSphere Administrator wants to reserve 05 Gbps for virtual machines on each uplink on a disturbed switch that has 10 uplinks What is the quota that should be reserved for the network resource pool A 10 Gbps B 5 Gbps C 100 Gbps D 05 Gbps Explanation If the virtual machine system traffic has 05 Gbps reserved on each 10 GbE uplink on a distributed switch that has 10 uplinks then the total aggregated bandwidth available for VM reservation on this switch is 5 Gbps Each network resource pool can reserve a quota of this 5 Gbps capacity httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherenetworkingdoc2FGUID-8E957535-7969-4E12-BD11-DF746D6D5379html

109 The vSphere Data Protection performance analysis results in the ldquoConditionally Passedrdquo status What can cause this condition A The results did not meet the minimum performance expectations B The read write and seek tests were successful C The read and write tests were successful but the seek test failed D The read and write tests were successful but the seek test skipped Explanation ExplanationReferenceReference httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvmware-data-protectionadministration-guide-61pdf (page 71)

110 Which two configuration options can exclude virtual disks from snapshot operations (Choose two) A Use RDM in virtual mode for virtual disk B Use virtual disks in Independent ndash Persistent mode C Use a virtual disk larger than 2 TB in size D Use RDM in physical mode for virtual disk Explanation To exclude a virtual disk from snapshot operations you have to set it to independent mode power off the virtual machine delete any existing snapshots before you change the disk mode right-click the virtual machine and select ldquoEdit settingsrdquo select the hard disk you want to exclude from snapshots change the mode to ldquoIndependentrdquo You have two options when you change the disk mode to independent Independent Persistent Changes are written permanently to the disk (same behaviour like conventional disks) Independent Nonpersistent When you power off reset or revert the virtual machine to a snapshot all changes to the disk are discarded Using the nonpersistent mode enables you to restart a virtual machine with a virtual disk in the same state

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 56: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

every time So if you do not want to loose data when changing the power state of the virtual machine you should take care to use the Independent Persistent mode httpwwwrunning-systemcomhow-to-exclude-a-dedicated-virtual-disk-from-snapshots

111 The virtual machine log rotation size can be changed for all VMs by which two interfaces (Choose two) A PowerCLI B vSphere Web Client C ESXi host client D esxcli Explanation httpbuildvirtualnetusing-powercli-to-set-log-rotation-options-for-a-group-of-virtual-machines

112 What is the correct way to replace the certificate on an existing vCenter Server that is part of a vCenter HA configuration A Put the vCenter HA in Maintenance mode replace the certificate exit Maintenance mode B Shut down Passive and Witness nodes and replace the certificate on the Active node C Remove the Passive and Witness nodes replace the certificate reconfigure the cluster D Replace the certificate while all nodes are participating in the cluster Explanation Edit the cluster configuration and select Remove Delete the Passive node and the Witness node On the Active node which is now a standalone vCenter Server Appliance replace the machine SSL Certificate with a custom certificate httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevsphereavaildocGUIDCDC20BD4-E0CE-45D9-B73B-9AA795DA5FDDhtml

113 Which two statements are true about Highly Available vSphere Auto Deploy infrastructure (Choose two) A It helps prevent data loss B It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateful install C It requires two or more Auto Deploy servers D It is a prerequisite for using vSphere Auto Deploy with stateless caching Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-62A21FCF-5516-4444-8B38-110325839F75html

114 Which quest operating system supports PVRDMA A Windows (32-Bit) B Linux (32-Bit) C Windows (64-Bit) D Linux (64-Bit) Explanation The guest operating system that supports PVRDMA is Linux 64 bit httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherenetworkingdocGUID-4A5EBD44-FB1E-4A83-BB47-BBC65181E1C2html

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 57: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

115 Which two components are part of storage IO multipathing on ESXi (Choose two) A SATP B VASA C PSP D VAAI Explanation The NMP associates a set of physical paths with a specific storage device or LUN The specific details of handling path failover for a given storage array are delegated to a Storage Array Type Plug-In (SATP) The specific details for determining which physical path is used to issue an IO request to a storage device are handled by a Path Selection Plug-In (PSP) SATPs and PSPs are sub plug-ins within the NMP module httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc_502FGUID-9DED1F73-7375-4957-BF69-41B56C3E5224html

116 Boot from SAN is supported on which three storage technologies (Choose three) A VMware vSAN B FCoE C NFS 41 D iSCSI E FC Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-51topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-51-storage-guidepdf

117 What three conditions could result in VMware Flash Read Cache being unable to claim a disk (Choose three) A The disk is not listed in the VMware hardware compatibility guide B The disk is not detected as an SSD C The disk is not detected as local D The disk is in use by VMFs Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=2065563

118 What is the minimum number of hosts that must contribute capacity to a non-ROBO single site VMware vSAN cluster A 1 B 64 C 3 D 2 Explanation A minimum of three hosts must contribute capavity to non-ROBO single site

119 A vSphere Administrator must ensure that a user is able to view and manage the system configuration in vSphere Web Client In the vCenter Single Sign-On domain which group should the user be a part of A SystemConfigurationBashShellAdministrators

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 58: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

B ComponentManager Administrators C Administrators D SystemConfigurationAdministrators Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheresecuritydoc2FGUID-87DA2F34-DCC9-4DAB-8900-1BA35837D07Ehtml

120 Which method is supported for backing up the virtual machine that contains vCenter Server A differential B incremental C full image D individual disks Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc2FGUID-539B47B4-114B-49BC-9736-F14058127ECAhtml

121 What are two requirements to enable EVC in vSphere DRS cluster (Choose two) A CPUs must be from the same vendor B EVC must use the lowest possible baseline supported by the hardware C CPUs must be in the same family and of the same speed D No VMs may be running in the cluster Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjspcomvmwarevspherevcenterhostdocGUIDFEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FEDhtmlGUID-FEC87C0B-7276-4152-8EAA-915305E64FED

122 Which three VMware-recommended best practices should an administrator follow before upgrading to vSphere 65 (Choose three) A Disconnect ESXi host from vCenter B VMware Tools are installed in the virtual machine C Ensure that the system hardware complies with ESXi requirements D Back up the host E Check the interoperability of any other software integrated with vSphere Explanation As is logical for any software update first backup the host The check to ensure system hardware compatibility according to ESXi requirements You also need to check interoperability of software integrated with vSphere

123 What advanced parameter defines a custom isolation IP address for a vSphere HA cluster A dasusedefaultisolationaddress B dasisolationshutdowntimeout C fdmisolationpolicydelaysec D dasisolationaddress

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 59: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Explanation httpskbvmwarecomkb1002117

124 A vSphere Administrator is in the process of configuring replication for a virtual machine but is not able to select the Recovery Point Objective (RPO) value of 5 minutes

Which statement could explain why the RPO value cannot be lower than 15 minutes A The OS quiescing option is selected for Replication options B The virtual machine hardware version is not compatible C The target and source sites use different types of datastores D The target and source sites are not using VMFS 60 datastore Explanation httppubsvmwarecomvsphere-replication-61indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication-admindoc2FGUID-9E17D567-A947-49CD-8A84-8EA2D676B55Ahtml

125 Which feature facilitates the sharing of templates via vCenter Server A Content Library B OVF C folders D vApp Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-254B2CE8-20A8-43F0-90E8-3F6776C2C896html

126 What is a potential downside of having more than four paths per datastore A limits the storage protocols B increases storage latency for VM C limits the path selection policies D limits the number of LUNs per host Explanation While using more than the required number of paths restricts the number of LUNs you can present to a host it may also affect host resources such as CPU cycles and also every path from a host requires an initiator record and there may be a limit to the number of initiators per storage system

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 60: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Large numbers of paths ie in excess of 4 per host may be required in environments where bursts of IO from other hosts sharing the storage system ports are unpredictable and severe for example boot storm scenarios where 8 paths per host might be plausible httpsdavidringie20150116vmware-vsphere-host-path-limit

127 Upgrading vCenter Server with Microsoft SQL database fails with the following error message The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB Please correct the following error (s) s What could cause this error A incorrect ports open on SQL Server B incorrect database on the SQL server C incorrect compatibility mode on the SQL server D incorrect permission on SQL Server database Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereinstalldoc_502FGUID-5AA32F87-270C-4171-8896-41A607F8F997html

128 What VMware technology can be used to move physical servers to the vSphere infrastructure A VMware vMotion B VMware Converter C VMware vCenter Server D OVF transport Explanation httpswwwvmwarecomproductsconverterhtml

129 Which two configurable options are available in Boot Options for a virtual machine (Choose two) A Tools Upgrades B Encryption C Firmware D Force BIOS setup Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevspherevmadmindoc_41vsp_vm_guideconfiguring_virtual_machinest_configure_the_boot_optionshtml

130 In which scenario will vSphere DRS balance resources when set to Fully Automated A Hosts with only shared storage B Hosts are part of a vSphere HA cluster C Power Management is set to Balanced on hosts D Hosts with shared or non-shared storage Explanation The default automation level is set to Fully Automated This means that DRS will automatically migrate VMs across hosts whenever it deems it necessary For this it needs hosts with shared storage only DRS balance resources in Fully Automated mode when there are hosts that require space in shared storage

131 What availability mode does vCenter HA provide

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 61: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A Active-Passive B Active-Standby C Active-Active D Load-balanced Explanation httpskbvmwarecomselfservicemicrositessearchdolanguage=en_USampcmd=displayKCampexternalId=1024051

132 After upgrading the vSphere infrastructure and VMware Tools to version 65 the ldquoUpgrade VM Compatibilityrdquo option is grayed out in the vSphere Web Client (See Exhibit)

What must the administrator do to enable the VM compatibility upgrade A VMware Tools should be upgraded last B Restart the ESXi server C Uninstall VMware Tools D Power off the virtual machine Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-41AA8386-D1DA-4788-9718-216C62CE112Ahtml httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherevm_admindocGUID-60768C2F-72E1-42E0-8A17-CA76849F2950html

133 What are three benefits of using a few large-capacity LUNs instead of many small-capacity LUNs (Choose three) A Better performance because there is less contention for a single volume B More flexibility for resizing virtual disks C Less wasted storage space D More flexibility to create virtual machines without adding new LUNs E Fewer VMFS datastores to manage Explanation httpsdocsvmwarecomenVMware-vSphere65comvmwarevspherestoragedocGUID-2C8FAE1F-98F7-4E0B-AEA0-83A4FF16A252html

134 How can failback of a recovered virtual machine in vSphere Replication be performed A No action required because failback is automatically performed to the source site B Configure a new replication in the reverse direction at the target site C Disable or Stop virtual machine replication on the source site D Power off and unregister the virtual machine on the target site

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 62: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherereplication_admindoc2FGUID-0594C104-1381-4EE7-8C6A-A44E9F380AABhtml

135 Which statement is correct when migrating from a Windows vCenter Server to the vCenter Server Appliance 65 A Migration deployments do not migrate local OS users from the source vCenter Server B Migration deployments support DHCP on the source vCenter Server C Migration deployments allow the source vCenter Server to remain powered on afterwards D Migration deployments support custom ports for all services on the source vCenter Server Explanation Local Windows users are NOT migrated you will need to re-create them if you require such users Single SignOn users are migrated as part of the vCenter Server Appliance Migration httpskbvmwarecomsarticle2146439

136 What two debugging levels can a virtual machine be configured to (Choose two) A Verbose B Debugging C Statistics D Trivia Explanation The two debugging level that a virtual machine can be configured to are debugging and statistics httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherevm_admindoc2FGUID-942AD723-2989-4753-A478-C67FC73CD653html

137 If vCenter Server 55 installation has one or more services deployed remotely which three services are relocated to vCenter Server 65 on upgrade (Choose three) A vCenter Inventory Services B vSphere Authentication Proxy C vSphere Web Client D vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E vSphere Syslog Collector Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-65indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereupgradedoc2FGUID-4BFB12D8-9FCA-4AB1-A44F-2986966F0AD5html

138 An administrator wants to enable proactive HA by moving virtual machines automatically if a hardware alert is triggered What are the three required settings (Choose three) A Set vSphere DRS Automation to Partially Automated B Turn on Proactive HA C Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Manual D Set the Proactive HA Automation Level to Automated E Turn on vSphere HA and vSphere DRS

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 63: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Explanation Select Turn on Proactive HA Click Proactive HA Failures and Responses Select from the following configuration options

139 Which two statements correctly describe VM-Host affinity rules (Choose two) A When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules are applied equally B After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is predetermined C When there is more than one VM-Host affinity rule in a vSphere DRS cluster the rules will be ranked D After creating a VM-Host affinity rule its ability to function in relation to other rules is not checked Explanation If you create more than one VM-Host affinity rule the rules are not ranked but are applied equally Be aware that this has implications for how the rules interact For example a virtual machine that belongs to two DRS groups each of which belongs to a different required rule can run only on hosts that belong to both of the host DRS groups represented in the rules httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-793013E2-0976-43B7-9A00-340FA76859D0html

140 What three processes on the vCenter Server Appliance (VCSA) does ldquovmware-watchdogrdquo monitor (Choose three) A vmware-earn B vmcad C vmware-vpostgres D vpxd

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 64: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

E vsan-health Explanation httpsblogsvmwarecomvsphere201510what-is-vcenter-server-watchdoghtml

141 Which two featured require the use of Host Profiles (Choose two) A Host Customizations B shared storage C Auto Deploy D vRealize Suite Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-60topiccomvmwareICbasePDFvsphere-esxi-vcenter-server60-host-profiles-guidepdf

142 A vSphere Administrator observes that the Primary VM configured with Fault Tolerance is executing slowly After further investigation it is determined that the Secondary VM is on an overcommitted ESXi host What two methods will correct the problem (Choose two) A Use Storage vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to another datastore B Use vMotion to migrate the Secondary VM to a different ESXi host C Configure a CPU limit on the Primary VM which will also apply to the Secondary VM D Turn off and turn on FT in order to recreate the Secondary VM on a different datastore Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-4-esx-vcenterindexjsptopic=comvmwarevsphereavailabilitydoc_40c_ft_ts_perfhtml

143 Which network is used by vSphere HA when VMware vSAN is enabled A Management network B vSphere Replication network C vMotion network D VSAN network Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspherestoragedoc2FGUID-D68890D8-841A-4BD1-ACA1-DA3D25B6A37Ahtml

144 ESXi 65 introduces VMFS6 which supports both 512e and 512n devices What three configurations are supported when using these devices (Choose three) A Hosts with both 512e and 512n devices B Storage vMotion between both 512e and 512n devices C Datastore Extents spanned between both 512e and 512n devices D Storage DRS clusters containing only both 512e and 512n devices Explanation VMFS can host both 512e and 512n devices It also supports storage vMotion between 512e and 512n devices In addition to that DRS clusters can contain both 512e and 512n devices at the same time

145 In a vSphere environment two resource pools are created as shown in the Exhibit

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 65: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

Each VM is configured with 1 GB of memory When the administrator tried to power on VM3 the operation failed What action in the resource pool settings will allow VM3 to power on successfully A Deselect Expandable Memory Reservation B Increase Memory Reservation C Deselect Expandable CPU Reservation D Increase the CPU Reservation Explanation VM3 doesnt have sufficient memory to power So in resource pool settings increase CPU reservation of VM3 and it will power up

146 An administrator must change the statistics level for short-term performance monitoring and wants to collect metrics for all counters excluding minimum and maximum rollup values What would be the statistics level A Level 3 B Level 1 C Level 2 D Level 4 Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-50indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheremonitoringdoc_502FGUID-25800DE4-68E5-41CC-82D9-8811E27924BChtml

147 Assuming a mirrored (RAID-1) object configuration how many hosts must contribute storage in a non-stretched VMware vSAN cluster to satisfy the ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo policy option ldquonrdquo is the desired ldquoNumber of failures to toleraterdquo value for all options A 2n+2 B 2n C 2n+1 D 3n Explanation If fault domains are configured 2n+1 fault domains with hosts contributing capacity are required A host which is not part of any fault domain is considered its own single-host fault domain

148 What two methods are used to configure VMware vSphere Storage IO Control shares and limits (Choose two)

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html

Page 66: 1. (VDP)? (Choose two.)...1. Which two statements are true for a vCenterServer user account that is used for vSphere Data Protection (VDP)? (Choose two.) A. The user account must be

A Assign shares and limits to VM virtual disks B Assign shares and limits to datastores C Assign shares and limits to Storage DRS clusters D Assign shares and limits using VM storage policies Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-55indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevsphereresmgmtdoc2FGUID-25C3D9FE-3A9D-4739-AC75-16A9E0A3D9F0html

149 A vSphere content library administrator is attempting to unpublish the content library but the option is grayed out as shown in the Exhibit

Which statement identifies the reason for not being able to unpublish A The content library is optimized for syncing over HTTP B A synchronization operation is in progress with this content library C There are active subscriptions on this content library D Underlying storage for this content library is not accessible Explanation Since the underlying storage is not accessible for this content library the option will be greyed out because the storage is unavailable

150 What are two reasons why a datastore in a Storage DRS cluster cannot enter maintenance mode (Choose two) A Storage latency is too high to allow Storage DRS initiate Storage vMotion B Storage DRS is configured for a VMFS3 datastore C Storage DRS is disabled on the virtual disk D Rules prevent Storage DRS from making migration recommendations Explanation httpspubsvmwarecomvsphere-51indexjsptopic=2Fcomvmwarevspheretroubleshootingdoc2FGUID-91D4FBBC-0677-44DA-B0F2-43A3504F8CA0html